1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
205 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont
,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont
,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont
,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
703 unsigned int i
, type
;
706 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
709 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
710 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
713 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
717 static reloc_howto_type
*
718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
837 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
840 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
843 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
846 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
849 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
852 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
867 static reloc_howto_type
*
868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
874 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
896 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
897 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
906 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
927 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
930 asection
*input_section
,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
936 bfd_size_type octets
;
939 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
941 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
945 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
946 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
947 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
952 value
= symbol
->value
;
953 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
954 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
955 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
956 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
957 + input_section
->output_offset
958 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
961 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
963 input_section
, octets
))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
966 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
968 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
975 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
978 asection
*input_section
,
980 char **error_message
)
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
985 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
987 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
989 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
990 *error_message
= bfd_asprintf (_("generic linker can't handle %s"),
991 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name
;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
));
1058 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1061 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1063 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1065 unsigned char *contents
;
1067 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1068 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1071 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1072 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1075 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1080 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1083 && (s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0
1084 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1086 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1089 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1091 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1094 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1097 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1102 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1103 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1109 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1110 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1114 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1125 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1127 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1129 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1130 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1132 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1139 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1140 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1143 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1145 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1148 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1150 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1152 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1154 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1155 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1156 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1159 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1162 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1165 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1167 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1168 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1170 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1171 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = true;
1175 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1178 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1183 switch (note
->descsz
)
1188 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1202 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1203 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1204 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1208 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1210 switch (note
->descsz
)
1215 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1217 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1221 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1224 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1225 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1226 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1229 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1230 int n
= strlen (command
);
1232 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1233 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1240 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1249 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1252 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1253 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1254 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1255 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1258 -Wstringop-truncation:
1259 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1263 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1264 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1269 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1280 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1281 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1282 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1283 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1284 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1285 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1286 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1287 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1288 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1291 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1297 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1300 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1306 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1307 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1310 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 return rel
->address
;
1317 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1318 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1322 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1330 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1333 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1335 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1336 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1338 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1339 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1341 if (startswith (name
, ".PPC.EMB"))
1343 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
1344 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
1345 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1348 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1351 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1354 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1358 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1359 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1364 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1365 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1368 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1369 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1374 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1375 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1378 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1379 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1385 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1388 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1389 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1391 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1393 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1394 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1395 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1396 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1397 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1401 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1404 unsigned int p_flags
;
1406 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1409 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1411 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1413 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1416 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1417 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1422 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1424 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1426 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1428 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1431 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1432 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1433 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1436 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1438 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1439 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1440 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1441 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1442 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1444 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1445 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1450 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1451 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1452 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1455 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1456 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1460 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1461 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1462 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1463 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1465 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1473 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1474 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1475 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1478 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1492 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1493 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1496 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1497 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1499 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1501 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1502 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1505 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1509 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1510 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1514 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1517 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1518 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1521 unsigned long value
;
1525 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1526 static bool apuinfo_set
;
1529 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1532 apuinfo_set
= false;
1536 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1538 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1540 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1542 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1544 entry
= entry
->next
;
1547 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1551 entry
->value
= value
;
1557 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1560 unsigned long count
;
1562 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1564 entry
= entry
->next
)
1570 static inline unsigned long
1571 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1573 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1577 entry
= entry
->next
)
1580 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1584 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1588 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1590 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1598 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1599 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1602 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1606 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1607 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1609 unsigned long length
;
1610 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1612 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1615 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1618 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1620 unsigned long datum
;
1622 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1626 /* xgettext:c-format */
1627 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1628 length
= asec
->size
;
1633 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1636 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1637 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1642 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1643 || (bfd_read (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1645 /* xgettext:c-format */
1646 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1650 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1651 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1652 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1653 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1654 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1657 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1661 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1664 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1665 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1666 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1669 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1671 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1674 error_message
= NULL
;
1678 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1679 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1681 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1682 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1684 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1687 /* xgettext:c-format */
1688 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1696 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1699 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1700 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1703 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1704 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1708 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1711 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1714 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1719 unsigned num_entries
;
1720 bfd_size_type length
;
1722 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1729 length
= asec
->size
;
1733 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1737 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1741 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1742 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1746 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1749 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1755 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1756 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1763 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1767 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1769 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1770 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1774 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1776 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1778 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1781 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1782 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1783 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1788 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1790 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1791 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1792 && section
->vma
<= vma
1793 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1797 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1798 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1801 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
1802 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1803 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1804 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1808 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1815 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1818 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1821 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1825 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1829 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1830 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1831 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1832 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1834 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1835 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1836 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1838 && (dynamic
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
1840 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1842 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1844 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1847 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1848 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1850 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
, extdynend
= dynbuf
+ dynamic
->size
;
1851 (size_t) (extdynend
- extdyn
) >= extdynsize
;
1852 extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1854 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1855 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1857 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1860 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1862 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1863 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1865 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1866 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1867 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1874 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1878 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1884 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1885 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1886 glink stubs now reside. */
1887 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1891 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1892 from the first glink stub. */
1893 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1894 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1896 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1898 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1901 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1904 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1906 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1907 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1909 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1911 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1916 count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
);
1917 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1918 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1919 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1920 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1921 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1922 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1923 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1924 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1925 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1927 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1930 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1931 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
1934 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1935 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1938 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1943 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1946 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1952 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1953 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1954 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1955 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1959 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1960 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1963 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1964 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1965 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1967 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1969 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1972 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1973 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1977 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1978 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1979 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1980 names
+= strlen (names
);
1982 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1983 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1988 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1989 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1991 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1993 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1995 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1996 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2002 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2003 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2005 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2007 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2009 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2010 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2018 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2019 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2020 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2021 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2022 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2025 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2026 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2029 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2031 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2032 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2033 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2034 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2035 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2038 /* The .got2 section. */
2041 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2044 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2048 /* .glink stub offset. */
2049 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2052 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2053 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2054 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2057 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2058 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2063 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2064 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2065 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2066 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2081 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2082 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2083 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2087 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2088 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2089 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2094 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2098 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2101 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2102 unsigned int count
: 31;
2104 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2105 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2108 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2114 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2115 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2116 from the beginning of the section. */
2117 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2119 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2120 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2121 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2122 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2123 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2124 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2125 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2126 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2127 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2131 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2132 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2133 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2134 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2136 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2137 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2138 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2139 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2140 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2146 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2151 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2159 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2160 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2162 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2166 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2168 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2170 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2172 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2175 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2178 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2181 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2187 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2188 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2190 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2191 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2192 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2193 unsigned int got_gap
;
2195 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2196 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2198 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2199 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2200 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2201 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2203 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2204 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2206 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2207 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2209 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2214 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2217 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2218 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2220 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2221 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2223 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2225 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2227 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2228 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2230 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2232 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2233 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2234 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2235 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2237 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2239 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2240 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2241 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2244 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2248 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2249 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2254 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2255 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2266 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2268 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2269 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2271 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2272 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2273 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2275 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2279 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2280 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2281 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
2287 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2288 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2294 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2295 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2298 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2299 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2302 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2303 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2304 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2306 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2309 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2312 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2314 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2317 htab
->params
= params
;
2318 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2321 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2324 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2328 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2331 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2332 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2334 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2336 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2337 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2338 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2345 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2346 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2347 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2350 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2353 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2357 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2358 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2360 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2365 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2368 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2369 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2371 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2376 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2378 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2383 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2384 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2385 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2387 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2388 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2391 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2394 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2396 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2397 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2398 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2399 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2405 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2406 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2412 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2413 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2414 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2415 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2417 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2420 /* Local plt entries. */
2421 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2422 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2423 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2425 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2426 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2429 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2431 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2434 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2435 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2440 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2444 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2451 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2452 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2453 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2456 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2458 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2462 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2464 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2465 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2468 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2472 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2475 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2476 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2481 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2483 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2484 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2485 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2488 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2492 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2493 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2497 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2498 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2499 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2500 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2501 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2504 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2507 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2511 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2513 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2514 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2516 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2517 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2519 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2520 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2521 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2523 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2524 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2525 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2527 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2528 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2531 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2533 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2538 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2539 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2540 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2544 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2545 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2547 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2548 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2555 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2558 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2559 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2562 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2563 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2564 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2565 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2567 /* And plt entries. */
2568 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2570 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2573 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2575 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2577 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2579 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2580 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2582 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2589 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2592 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2593 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2596 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2598 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2599 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2600 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2601 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2603 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2604 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2608 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2609 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2612 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2614 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2615 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2616 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2620 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2621 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2622 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2623 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2625 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2627 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2629 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2630 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2632 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2634 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2635 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2637 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2640 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2645 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2651 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2653 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2654 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2655 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2657 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2659 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2660 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2661 return linker_pointers
;
2666 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2669 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2670 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2672 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2674 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2676 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2679 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2681 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2684 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2686 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2687 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2688 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2693 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2697 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2699 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2702 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2705 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2708 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2709 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2714 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2717 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2718 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2723 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2726 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2727 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2728 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2729 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2730 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2732 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2735 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2736 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2737 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2738 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2740 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2742 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2743 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2747 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2748 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2749 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2755 static struct plt_entry
**
2756 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2758 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2761 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2762 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2763 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2765 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2767 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2769 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2770 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2771 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2772 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2773 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2775 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2778 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2779 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2780 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2781 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2782 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2783 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2787 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2788 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2790 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2794 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2795 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2799 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2800 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2805 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2806 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2813 static struct plt_entry
*
2814 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2816 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2820 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2821 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2827 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2829 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2830 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2842 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2845 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2847 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2853 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2854 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2857 offset_in_range (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, size_t size
)
2859 return offset
<= sec
->size
&& size
<= sec
->size
- offset
;
2863 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2866 /* xgettext:c-format */
2867 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2869 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2870 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2873 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2874 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2878 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2879 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2881 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2883 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2884 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2885 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2886 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2887 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2888 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2889 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2891 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2895 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2899 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2901 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2902 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2903 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2905 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2906 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2908 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2909 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2910 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2913 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2914 false, false, true);
2915 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2916 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2917 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2920 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2921 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2923 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2924 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2925 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2926 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2928 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2929 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2932 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2933 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2936 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, abfd
, r_symndx
);
2942 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2943 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2944 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2945 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2949 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2950 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2953 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2954 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2956 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2957 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2958 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2960 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2964 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2968 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2971 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
2974 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2976 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2978 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2979 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2980 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2984 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2985 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2987 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2988 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2989 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2990 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2994 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2995 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2996 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2997 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2998 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2999 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3000 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3001 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3002 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3008 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
3009 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3014 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3015 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3016 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3020 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3021 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3028 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3029 its parameter symbol. */
3031 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3033 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3034 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3045 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3052 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3055 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3056 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3059 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3060 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3061 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3064 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3065 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3068 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3070 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3073 /* GOT16 relocations */
3075 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3078 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3079 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3081 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3082 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3083 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3088 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3089 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3092 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3093 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3096 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3098 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3100 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3105 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3106 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3107 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3108 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3113 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3114 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3118 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3119 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3120 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3122 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3125 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3126 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3131 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3132 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3136 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3137 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3148 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3149 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3165 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3166 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3168 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3171 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3174 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3175 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3179 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3180 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3181 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3182 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3185 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3186 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3190 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3191 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3196 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3206 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3216 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3222 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3228 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3231 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3235 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3236 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3237 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3238 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3239 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3246 section relative. */
3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3266 /* These are just markers. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3296 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3298 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3299 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3303 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, NULL
, 0))
3307 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3308 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3309 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3310 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3314 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3315 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3316 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3317 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3321 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3322 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3323 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3325 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3329 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3330 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3334 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3335 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3341 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3342 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3343 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3345 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3346 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3347 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3348 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3349 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3353 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3356 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3357 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3360 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3371 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3373 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3374 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3375 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3378 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3380 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3381 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3382 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3383 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3390 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3391 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3394 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3396 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3398 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3399 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3409 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3411 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3412 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3414 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3420 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic
3421 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all
3422 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not
3423 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized
3424 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic
3425 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such.
3426 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs
3427 work together with this code. */
3429 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
3430 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3432 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
3433 : isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
3434 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
3438 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3439 "create relocation for %s\n",
3440 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3441 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3445 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3446 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3448 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3449 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
3455 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3456 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3459 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3460 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3462 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3464 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3466 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3469 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3476 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3481 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3482 We really need local syms available to do this
3484 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3485 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3490 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3494 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3495 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3496 is_ifunc
= ifunc
!= NULL
;
3498 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3500 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3502 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3505 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3508 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3522 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3523 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3525 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3527 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3528 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3529 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3533 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3534 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3535 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3536 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3537 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3538 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3539 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3540 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3541 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3543 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3544 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3546 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3547 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3549 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3551 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3552 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3553 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3557 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3561 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3562 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3566 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3569 /* xgettext:c-format */
3570 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3574 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3577 /* xgettext:c-format */
3578 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3582 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3585 /* xgettext:c-format */
3586 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3587 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3590 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3593 /* xgettext:c-format */
3594 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3595 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3599 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3600 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3603 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3607 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3608 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3612 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3615 /* xgettext:c-format */
3616 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3617 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3620 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3623 /* xgettext:c-format */
3624 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3625 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3628 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3631 /* xgettext:c-format */
3632 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3633 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3636 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3639 /* xgettext:c-format */
3640 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3641 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3648 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3649 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3654 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3655 there are conflicting attributes. */
3657 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3660 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3661 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3664 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3667 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3668 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3669 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3671 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3672 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3673 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3674 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3676 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3678 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3679 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3680 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3684 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3686 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3687 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3690 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3691 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3692 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3693 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3695 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3697 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3699 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3700 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3703 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3706 /* xgettext:c-format */
3707 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3709 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3712 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3715 /* xgettext:c-format */
3716 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3718 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3723 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3724 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3725 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3726 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3727 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3729 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3730 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3731 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3733 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3735 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3737 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3738 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3741 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3744 /* xgettext:c-format */
3745 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3746 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3747 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3750 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3753 /* xgettext:c-format */
3754 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3755 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3756 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3762 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3766 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3767 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3770 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3771 object file when linking. */
3774 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3776 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3781 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3784 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3785 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3788 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3791 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3794 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3795 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3796 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3798 /* First call, no flags set. */
3799 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
3800 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3803 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3804 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3807 /* Incompatible flags. */
3810 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3811 to be linked with either. */
3813 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3814 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3818 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3819 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3821 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3822 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3826 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3827 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3830 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3831 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3832 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3834 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3835 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3836 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3837 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3838 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3839 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3841 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3842 any module uses it. */
3843 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3845 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3846 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3848 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3849 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3853 /* xgettext:c-format */
3854 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3855 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3856 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3869 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3870 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3871 asection
*input_section
,
3872 unsigned long offset
,
3875 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3878 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3880 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
3881 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3882 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3883 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3884 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3885 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3886 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3887 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3888 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3890 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3893 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3896 /* xgettext:c-format */
3897 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3898 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3901 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3902 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3903 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3904 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3905 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3906 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3907 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3909 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3912 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3915 /* xgettext:c-format */
3916 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3917 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3920 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3922 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3923 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3924 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3926 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3927 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3928 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3933 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3934 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3936 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3937 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3938 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3942 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3946 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3947 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3948 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3949 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3950 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3951 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3952 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3953 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3958 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3959 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3961 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3962 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3964 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3967 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3969 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3973 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3974 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3975 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3976 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3977 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3978 false, false, true)) != NULL
3979 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3982 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3983 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3985 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3986 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3987 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3988 r30 to be set up. */
3989 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3994 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
3996 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3997 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
3998 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
3999 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4000 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4002 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4003 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4005 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4007 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4010 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4014 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4017 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
4019 if (!info
->user_warn_rwx_segments
)
4020 info
->no_warn_rwx_segments
= 1;
4021 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
4022 || (htab
->params
->plt_style
!= PLT_OLD
4023 && !info
->no_warn_rwx_segments
))
4025 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4026 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4032 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4034 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4036 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4037 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4039 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4040 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4041 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4044 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4045 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4046 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4051 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4052 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4053 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4056 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4059 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4063 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4064 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4065 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4066 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4067 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4070 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4072 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4073 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4077 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4081 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4082 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4084 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4085 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4086 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4089 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4091 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4093 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4096 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4097 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4098 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4099 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4107 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4109 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4110 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4111 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4112 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4116 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4117 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4121 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4122 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4124 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4126 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4127 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4129 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4130 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4131 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4133 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4135 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4143 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4144 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4146 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4148 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4149 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4152 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4153 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4155 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4156 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4157 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4158 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4159 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4161 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4167 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4168 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4171 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4173 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4176 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4178 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4182 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4183 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4184 between the call and its destination. */
4188 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4189 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4191 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4193 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4194 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4197 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4198 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4200 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4202 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4206 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4207 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4208 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4209 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4210 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4211 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4212 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4213 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4214 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4215 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4216 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4217 together except their symbol. */
4219 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4221 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4222 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4224 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4228 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4230 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4231 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4232 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4234 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4236 /* Read the relocations. */
4237 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4239 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4242 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4243 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4245 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4246 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4249 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4250 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4252 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4253 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4256 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4257 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4260 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4262 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4267 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4271 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4274 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4275 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4276 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4277 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4278 + sec
->output_offset
4279 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4280 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4281 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4284 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4288 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4289 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4291 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4294 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4301 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4302 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4307 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4309 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4310 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4311 false, false, true);
4312 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4313 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4315 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4317 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4318 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4319 false, false, true);
4321 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4322 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4324 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4325 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4326 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4327 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4328 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4329 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4331 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4333 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4334 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4336 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4337 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4338 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4342 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4343 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4344 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4346 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4348 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4350 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4352 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4355 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4360 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4362 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4363 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4364 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4366 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4367 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4370 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4373 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4377 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4378 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4379 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4382 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4383 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4385 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4387 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4390 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4391 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4392 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4393 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4400 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4404 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4409 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4412 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4415 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4419 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4427 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4428 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4431 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4433 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4434 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4436 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4439 /* Read the relocations. */
4440 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4442 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4445 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4446 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4451 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4452 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4454 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4456 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4457 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4461 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4462 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4463 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4464 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4465 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4468 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4469 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4470 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4471 without marker relocs, then check that each
4472 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4473 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4474 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4475 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4477 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4479 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4480 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4481 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4483 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4484 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4485 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4486 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4491 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4494 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4495 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4496 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4500 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4501 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4502 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4503 that turns out to be the case. */
4512 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4513 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4514 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4518 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4524 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4528 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4529 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4536 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4547 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4548 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4551 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4553 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4554 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4555 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4557 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4559 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4560 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4561 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4566 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4569 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4570 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4571 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4574 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4575 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4581 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4586 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
4589 unsigned char buf
[4];
4591 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
4592 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
4595 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4599 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
4600 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4601 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4602 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4604 /* xgettext:c-format */
4605 info
->callbacks
->minfo
4606 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4607 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
4608 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4613 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
4614 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4623 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4624 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4627 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4628 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4629 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4632 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4633 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4634 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4635 the entire optimization. */
4636 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4637 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4638 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4639 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4646 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4647 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4651 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4652 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4653 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4655 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4656 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4658 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4659 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4660 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4661 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4662 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4663 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4666 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4667 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4668 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4669 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4670 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4671 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4672 Disable optimization in this case. */
4673 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4674 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4675 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4676 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4679 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4681 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4684 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4685 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4686 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4687 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4688 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4690 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4691 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4698 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4703 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4704 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4707 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4714 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4715 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4716 size_dynamic_sections. */
4719 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4721 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4724 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4726 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4727 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4732 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4735 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4737 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4739 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4740 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4745 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4746 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4747 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4748 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4752 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4753 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4755 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4759 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4760 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4763 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4764 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4765 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4767 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4771 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4773 /* Deal with function syms. */
4774 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4775 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4778 bool local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4779 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4780 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4781 function symbol is local. */
4782 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4783 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4785 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4786 won't need a .plt entry. */
4787 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4788 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4789 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4792 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4794 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4795 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4796 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4798 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4800 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4801 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4802 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4804 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4806 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4807 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4808 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4810 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4814 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4815 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4816 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4817 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4818 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4819 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4820 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4821 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4823 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4825 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4826 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4827 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4828 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4829 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4831 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4832 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4833 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4834 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4835 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4837 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4838 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4839 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4840 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4842 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4843 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4847 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4849 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4850 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4851 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4852 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4855 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4856 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4857 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4858 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4859 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4860 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4861 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4865 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4866 is not a function. */
4868 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4869 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4870 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4871 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4872 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4874 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4878 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4879 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4880 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4882 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4886 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4887 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4888 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4889 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4890 if (h
->protected_def
)
4892 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4893 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4894 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4895 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4896 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4897 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4901 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4902 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4905 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4906 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4907 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4908 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4909 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4911 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4912 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4913 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4915 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4918 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4919 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4920 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4921 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4922 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4923 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4924 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4925 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4926 same memory location for the variable.
4928 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4929 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4930 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4932 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4933 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4935 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4936 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4938 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4942 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4943 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4944 and into the runtime process image. */
4945 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4946 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4947 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4948 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4950 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4951 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4952 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4956 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4957 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4958 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4961 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4962 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4963 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4964 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4965 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4968 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4972 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4973 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4976 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4978 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4979 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4981 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4983 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4984 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4987 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4988 name
= bfd_alloc (info
->output_bfd
, len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4991 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4993 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4994 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4995 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4996 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
4999 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5001 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5002 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5003 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
5004 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5005 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5006 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5007 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5009 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5014 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5015 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5018 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5021 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5023 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5025 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5026 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5030 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5031 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5033 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5034 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5038 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5039 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5041 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5042 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5044 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5045 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5051 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5052 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5054 static inline unsigned int
5055 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5058 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5063 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5065 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5067 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5073 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5076 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5077 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5079 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5081 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5082 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5083 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5084 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5087 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5088 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5092 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5093 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5096 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5101 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
5104 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5107 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5109 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5110 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5111 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5112 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5114 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5117 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5118 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5119 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5120 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5121 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5122 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5123 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5124 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5125 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5127 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5128 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5131 unsigned int need
= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5132 unsigned int rel_need
= need
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5133 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5135 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5136 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5137 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5138 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5139 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5143 rel_need
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5147 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5150 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5151 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5152 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5153 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5154 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5155 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
5156 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5157 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5158 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5159 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5163 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5164 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5165 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5166 rsec
->size
+= rel_need
;
5171 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5173 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5174 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5175 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5176 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5177 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5179 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5180 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5181 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5182 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5184 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5185 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5186 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5187 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5189 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5192 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5193 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5194 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5195 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5197 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5199 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5200 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5201 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5202 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5203 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5204 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5205 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5207 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5209 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5211 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5220 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5222 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5224 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5226 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5233 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5235 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5236 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5240 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5242 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5243 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5245 if ((h
->dynamic_adjusted
5247 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5248 && (info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
5249 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))))
5251 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5252 && !(h
->protected_def
5253 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5254 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5255 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5257 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5258 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5261 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5262 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5265 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5268 /* Allocate space. */
5269 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5270 if (!discarded_section (p
->sec
))
5272 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5273 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5274 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5275 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5278 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5279 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5282 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5283 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5284 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5285 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5286 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5289 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5290 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5291 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5292 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5294 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5295 bool doneone
= false;
5296 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5298 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5299 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5304 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5307 dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
5311 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5317 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5321 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5324 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5326 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5327 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5331 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5333 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5334 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5337 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5341 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5342 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5344 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5346 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5347 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5355 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5356 for the special first entry. */
5358 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5360 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5361 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5362 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5363 word available at the end. */
5364 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5365 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5367 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5368 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5370 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5371 file, and we are not generating a shared
5372 library, then set the symbol to this location
5373 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5374 relocations, and is required to make
5375 function pointers compare as equal between
5376 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5377 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5381 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5382 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5385 /* Make room for this entry. */
5386 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5387 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5389 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5390 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5391 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5392 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5393 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5395 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5398 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5403 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5405 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5406 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5408 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5410 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5411 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5416 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5418 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5420 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5421 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5422 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5425 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5427 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5428 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5429 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5432 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5433 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5434 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5437 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5439 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5446 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5450 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5456 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5463 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5465 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5466 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5467 1, /* CIE version. */
5468 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5469 4, /* Code alignment. */
5470 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5472 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5473 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5474 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5477 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5480 ppc_elf_late_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5481 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5483 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5489 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_late_size_sections called\n");
5492 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5493 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
5496 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5498 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5499 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5501 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5502 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5503 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5504 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5509 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5510 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5511 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5512 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5514 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5516 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5518 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5519 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5520 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5521 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5523 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5524 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5525 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
5526 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5528 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5531 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5533 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5535 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5536 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5540 if (discarded_section (p
->sec
))
5542 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5543 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5544 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5547 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5548 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5551 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5552 handled specially by the loader. */
5554 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5556 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5558 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5559 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5560 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5561 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5562 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5564 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5565 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5566 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5572 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5576 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5577 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5578 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5579 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5580 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5581 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5582 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5583 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
5585 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
5586 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
5587 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
5591 for (isym
= local_syms
;
5592 local_got
< end_local_got
;
5593 ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
, ++isym
)
5597 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5598 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5599 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5601 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5604 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5605 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5606 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5607 && bfd_link_executable (info
))
5608 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
5612 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5613 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5614 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5615 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5621 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5623 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5626 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5627 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5628 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5630 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5631 bool doneone
= false;
5632 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5634 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5635 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5637 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5639 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5640 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5642 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5650 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5653 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5655 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5658 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5659 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5661 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5665 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5667 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5668 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5670 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5672 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5673 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5679 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5682 if (local_syms
!= NULL
5683 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
5685 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
5688 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
5692 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5693 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5695 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5697 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5698 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5699 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5702 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5704 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5706 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5708 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5709 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5710 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5711 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5712 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5714 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5715 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5717 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5720 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5722 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5724 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5726 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5727 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5729 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5733 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5734 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5735 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5736 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5737 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5740 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5741 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5742 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5744 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5745 /* Space for the branch table. */
5747 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5748 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5749 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5751 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5753 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5755 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5756 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5757 true, false, false);
5760 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5762 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5763 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5764 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5765 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5766 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5767 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5768 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5770 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5772 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5773 true, false, false);
5776 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5778 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5779 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5780 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5781 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5782 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5783 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5784 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5786 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5791 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5792 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5793 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5794 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5795 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5797 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5798 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5799 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5802 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5807 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5808 Allocate memory for them. */
5810 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5812 bool strip_section
= true;
5814 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5817 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5818 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5820 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5821 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5822 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5823 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5824 strip_section
= false;
5825 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5828 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5829 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5831 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5832 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5834 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5835 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5836 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5838 /* Strip these too. */
5840 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5841 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5843 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5845 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5849 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5852 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5853 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5859 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5863 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5865 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5866 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5867 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5868 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5869 before the linker maps input sections to output
5870 sections. The linker does that before
5871 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5872 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5873 into these sections. */
5874 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5878 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5881 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5882 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5883 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5888 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5890 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5891 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5892 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5893 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5894 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5895 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5896 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5898 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5902 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5903 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5904 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5906 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5908 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5909 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5910 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5911 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5915 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5917 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5918 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5920 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5923 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5924 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5925 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5926 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5928 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5929 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5932 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5935 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5938 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5943 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5944 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5946 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5948 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5951 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5954 else if (adv
< 65536)
5956 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5957 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5962 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5963 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5966 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5969 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5970 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5973 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5974 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5980 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5981 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5984 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5986 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5988 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5992 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5993 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5995 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5996 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5998 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5999 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
6000 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
6001 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6008 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6010 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6014 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6015 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6020 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6023 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6025 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6027 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6028 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6031 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6034 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6036 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6037 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6038 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6040 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6041 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6042 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6043 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6044 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6045 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6046 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6047 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6050 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6052 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6053 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6054 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6055 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6058 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6060 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6061 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6064 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6065 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6066 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6067 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6070 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6072 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6075 struct one_branch_fixup
6077 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6079 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6080 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6085 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6086 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6087 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6088 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6089 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6090 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6091 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6092 unsigned changes
= 0;
6093 bool workaround_change
;
6094 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6095 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6101 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6102 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6103 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6104 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
6105 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6109 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6110 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6112 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6115 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6119 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6120 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6121 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6122 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6124 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6125 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6126 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6128 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6129 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6131 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6133 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6134 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6135 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6138 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6139 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6142 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6143 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6144 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6145 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6146 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6149 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6151 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6152 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6154 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6155 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6157 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6158 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6159 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6163 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6165 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6166 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6168 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6171 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6172 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6173 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
, reladdr
;
6176 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6177 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6178 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6179 unsigned char sym_type
;
6184 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6185 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6187 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6191 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6192 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6193 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6196 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6197 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6205 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6206 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6207 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6214 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6215 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6219 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6220 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6225 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6226 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6227 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6231 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6232 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6233 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6238 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6239 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6240 branch stub in that case. */
6241 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6242 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6243 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6245 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6246 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6247 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6249 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6250 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6251 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6252 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6253 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6255 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6257 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6259 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6260 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6261 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6262 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6263 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6268 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6269 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6271 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6272 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6273 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6276 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6279 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6281 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6282 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6283 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6284 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6286 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6287 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6288 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6289 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6296 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6301 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6302 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6303 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6307 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6308 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6309 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6310 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6314 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6315 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6316 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6317 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6319 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6320 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6322 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6323 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6324 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6325 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6330 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6332 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6333 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6334 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6337 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6339 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6340 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6343 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6347 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6348 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6353 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6354 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6359 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6360 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6361 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6362 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6363 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6364 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6365 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6366 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6367 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6370 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6371 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6372 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6373 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6374 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6375 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6377 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6378 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6379 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6380 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6381 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6383 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6384 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6385 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6386 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6387 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6388 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6389 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6390 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6391 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6392 location of interest is just "sym". */
6393 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6394 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6395 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6398 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6399 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6402 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6403 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6404 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6406 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6407 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6408 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6410 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6411 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6412 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6413 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6414 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6415 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6418 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6419 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6421 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6422 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6423 fixup can be created at final link.
6424 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6425 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6426 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6427 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6428 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6431 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6432 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6433 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6434 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6435 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6436 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6440 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6441 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6442 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6446 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6447 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6448 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6454 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6456 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6457 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6458 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6459 one. We'll report an error later. */
6462 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6464 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6469 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6472 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6473 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6474 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6476 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6477 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6478 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6481 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6482 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6483 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6485 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6486 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6487 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6490 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6491 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6492 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6495 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6503 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6504 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6507 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6508 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6511 link_info
->callbacks
->minfo
6512 (_("%pB: Adjusting branch at 0x%V towards \"%s\" in section %s\n"),
6514 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"),
6517 /* Get the section contents. */
6518 if (contents
== NULL
)
6520 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6521 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6522 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6523 /* Go get them off disk. */
6524 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6528 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6529 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6533 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6534 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6535 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6537 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6538 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6542 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6543 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6544 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6547 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6552 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6554 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6555 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6560 workaround_change
= false;
6562 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6563 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6564 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6566 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6567 unsigned int crossings
;
6568 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6570 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6571 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6573 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6576 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6577 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6578 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6579 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6580 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6581 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6583 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6584 workaround_change
= true;
6586 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6587 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6589 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6592 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6594 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6595 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6596 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6597 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6600 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6601 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6604 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6606 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6610 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6611 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6615 if (contents
!= NULL
6616 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6618 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6622 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6623 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6627 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6630 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6631 information for the trampolines. */
6632 size_t old_size
= isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*internal_relocs
);
6633 size_t extra_size
= changes
* sizeof (*internal_relocs
);
6634 internal_relocs
= bfd_realloc (internal_relocs
, old_size
+ extra_size
);
6635 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
6636 if (!internal_relocs
)
6638 memset ((char *) internal_relocs
+ old_size
, 0, extra_size
);
6639 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6641 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6643 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6644 free (internal_relocs
);
6646 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6650 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6652 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6653 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6656 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6658 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6660 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6661 free (internal_relocs
);
6665 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6666 discarded sections. */
6669 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6671 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6674 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6677 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6680 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6683 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6684 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6687 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6689 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6691 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6695 /* Handle global symbol. */
6696 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6698 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6699 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6700 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6704 /* Handle local symbol. */
6705 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6707 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6708 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6709 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6712 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6715 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6717 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6718 as a "written" flag. */
6719 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6721 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6722 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6723 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6724 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6727 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6728 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6729 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6730 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6734 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6735 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6741 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6742 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6743 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6746 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6747 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6748 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6750 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6751 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6753 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6756 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6757 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6759 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6777 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6778 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6779 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6781 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6785 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6787 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6788 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6789 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6790 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6794 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6816 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6821 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6824 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6826 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6827 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6828 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6829 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6832 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6833 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6834 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6837 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6841 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6844 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6845 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6846 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6847 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6851 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6854 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6855 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6856 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6857 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6858 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6859 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6860 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6861 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6862 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6863 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6865 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6872 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6873 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6874 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6877 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6879 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6880 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6881 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6882 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6883 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6884 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6885 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6888 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6895 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6897 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6898 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6900 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6902 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6903 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6907 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6908 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6909 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6910 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6918 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6920 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6921 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6922 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6923 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6927 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6929 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6930 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6931 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6935 swap_reloc_out (bfd
*obfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, bfd_byte
*loc
, asection
*s
)
6937 if ((size_t) (loc
- s
->contents
) >= s
->size
)
6939 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (obfd
, rel
, loc
);
6944 count_and_swap_reloc_out (bfd
*obfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, asection
*s
)
6946 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
;
6947 loc
+= s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6948 return swap_reloc_out (obfd
, rel
, loc
, s
);
6951 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6952 to handle the relocations for a section.
6954 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6955 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6958 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6959 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6960 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6963 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6964 address or the reloc symbol index.
6966 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6968 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6969 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6971 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6972 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6974 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6975 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6976 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6977 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6981 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6982 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6984 asection
*input_section
,
6986 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6987 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6988 asection
**local_sections
)
6990 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6991 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6992 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6993 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6994 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6995 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6996 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6998 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
7000 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
7001 bool is_vxworks_tls
;
7002 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
7003 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
7006 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7007 "%ld relocations%s",
7008 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7009 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
7010 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7013 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7015 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7019 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7021 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7022 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7023 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7025 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7026 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7027 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7028 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7029 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7030 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7031 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7032 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7034 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7035 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7036 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7037 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7038 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7040 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7042 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7043 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7046 const char *sym_name
;
7047 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7048 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7050 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7051 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7053 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7054 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7055 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7058 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7062 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7064 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7066 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7068 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7069 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7070 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7072 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7078 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7079 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7081 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7083 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7086 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7088 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7089 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7090 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7092 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7093 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7095 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7096 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7097 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7101 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7102 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7103 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7104 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7105 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7106 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7112 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7115 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7116 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7118 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7119 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7120 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7122 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7123 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7124 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7128 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7129 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7130 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7131 for the final instruction stream. */
7135 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7136 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7138 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7141 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7142 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7143 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7146 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7147 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7148 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7149 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7150 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7151 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7152 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7153 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7154 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7161 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7162 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7163 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7164 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
7165 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7169 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7170 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7172 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7173 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7174 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7175 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7176 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7181 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7182 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
7183 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7187 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7188 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7191 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7192 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7193 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7195 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7196 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7197 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7201 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7202 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7204 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7205 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7209 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7210 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7211 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7212 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7215 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7216 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7217 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7220 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7221 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7222 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7224 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7228 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7229 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7231 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7232 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7236 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7237 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7238 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7239 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7241 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7245 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7246 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7247 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7248 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7249 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7250 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7251 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7253 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7254 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7255 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7256 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7257 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7258 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7259 intervening code. */
7260 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7261 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7262 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7265 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7266 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7267 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
7268 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
7270 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7271 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7272 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7274 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7275 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7276 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7281 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7282 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7285 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7287 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7289 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7291 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7292 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7293 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7294 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7295 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7296 + sec
->output_offset
7297 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7299 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7300 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7301 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
7302 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
7304 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7305 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7306 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7307 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7308 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7312 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7315 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7316 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7323 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7325 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7328 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7330 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7332 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7333 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7337 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7340 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7341 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7346 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7347 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7348 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7350 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7352 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7353 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7354 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7359 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7361 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7365 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7367 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7368 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7373 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7375 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7377 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7378 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7379 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7380 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7381 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7382 + sec
->output_offset
7383 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7385 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7386 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7387 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7388 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7389 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7390 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7391 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7392 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7398 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7405 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7406 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7407 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7408 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7411 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7412 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7413 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7414 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
7418 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7419 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7422 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7423 + input_section
->output_offset
7424 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7426 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7427 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7428 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7430 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7434 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7435 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7439 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7440 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7441 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7442 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7444 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7446 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7447 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7448 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7449 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7452 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7453 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7454 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7455 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7456 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7461 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7465 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7466 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7467 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7469 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7470 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7473 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7474 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7476 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7477 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7478 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7479 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7485 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7486 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7487 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7489 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7490 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7491 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7492 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7493 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7495 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7496 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7497 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7498 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7499 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7500 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7501 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7502 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7504 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7507 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7509 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7510 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7511 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7512 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7514 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7515 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7517 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7518 output is reasonable. */
7519 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7521 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7522 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7523 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7525 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7527 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7531 /* xgettext:c-format */
7532 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7533 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7534 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7535 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7537 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7538 && offset_in_range (input_section
,
7539 rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
7541 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7542 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7543 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7544 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7545 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7546 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7547 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7548 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7549 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7550 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7551 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7552 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7553 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7554 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7555 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7556 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7557 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7559 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7560 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7562 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7564 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7565 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7569 /* xgettext:c-format */
7570 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7571 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7572 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7573 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7578 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7580 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7584 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7585 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7587 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7588 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7590 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7592 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7593 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7594 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7599 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7600 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7601 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7602 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7603 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7606 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7607 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7608 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7609 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7610 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7611 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7612 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7616 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7618 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7619 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7621 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7623 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7624 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7625 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7626 apparently are using code compiled with
7627 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7628 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7629 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7630 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7632 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7633 /* xgettext:c-format */
7634 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7635 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7638 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7639 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7640 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7642 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7643 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7644 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7645 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7647 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7648 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7653 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7654 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7656 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7657 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7665 /* xgettext:c-format */
7666 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7667 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7669 /* xgettext:c-format */
7670 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7681 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7682 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7683 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7686 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7687 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7688 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7689 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7691 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7692 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7693 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7694 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7698 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7699 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7701 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7705 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7706 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7708 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7712 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7713 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7715 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7719 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7720 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7721 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7725 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7731 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7735 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7736 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7737 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7740 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7742 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7743 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7744 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7745 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7746 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7747 because of a version file. */
7752 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7754 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7758 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7760 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7763 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7764 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7765 processed this entry. */
7771 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7772 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7773 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7776 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7778 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7779 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7782 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7783 Initialize them all. */
7788 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7790 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7793 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7795 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7798 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7800 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7801 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7803 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7805 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7809 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7811 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7813 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7815 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7816 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7818 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
7819 : sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)))
7821 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7825 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7827 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7828 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7829 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7831 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7832 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7834 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7835 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7837 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7838 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7840 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
,
7843 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7845 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7848 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7849 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7850 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7851 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7853 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7854 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7855 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7857 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7858 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7860 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7861 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7863 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7864 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7866 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7869 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
,
7873 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7874 emitting a reloc. */
7877 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7881 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7885 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7888 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7889 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7890 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7893 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7895 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7896 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7900 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7901 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7905 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7914 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7917 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7919 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7921 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7922 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7924 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7926 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7928 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7930 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7937 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7938 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7941 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7942 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7944 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7946 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7947 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7948 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7949 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7951 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7952 /* xgettext:c-format */
7953 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7954 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7960 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7961 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7962 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7963 at a symbol not in this object. */
7964 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7966 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7967 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7974 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7976 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7977 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7978 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7979 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7980 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7981 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7982 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7983 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7984 /* xgettext:c-format */
7985 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7986 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7987 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7991 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7992 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7993 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7994 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7995 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7996 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7999 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8002 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8003 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8004 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8006 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8008 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
8010 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8011 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8012 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8013 defined before using them. */
8014 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8015 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8016 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8018 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8021 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8022 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8023 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8024 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8025 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8029 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8030 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8033 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8034 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8035 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8038 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8044 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8045 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8046 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8047 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8051 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8057 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8058 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8059 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8064 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8065 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8066 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8069 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8071 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8072 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8073 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8074 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8080 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8081 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8082 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8087 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8091 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8093 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8094 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8095 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8097 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8104 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8105 "create relocation for %s\n",
8106 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8107 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8110 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8111 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8114 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8117 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8118 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8119 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8120 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8121 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8123 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8124 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8125 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8126 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8127 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8128 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8129 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8132 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8133 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8136 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8137 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8138 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8139 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8143 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8145 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8149 /* If we get here when building a static
8150 executable, then the libc startup function
8151 responsible for applying indirect function
8152 relocations is going to complain about
8154 If we get here when building a dynamic
8155 executable, it will be because we have
8156 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8157 will set the text segment writable and
8158 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8159 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8160 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8161 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8162 /* xgettext:c-format */
8163 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8164 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8165 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8170 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8172 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8174 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8181 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8182 against a section symbol. It would be
8183 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8184 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8185 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8186 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8187 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8188 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8190 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8195 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8198 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8199 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8201 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8204 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8205 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8207 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8208 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8211 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8213 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8214 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8216 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8219 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8222 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8224 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8225 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8226 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8231 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
8237 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8238 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8241 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8248 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8249 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8252 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8253 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8255 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8257 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8258 got2_addend
= addend
;
8261 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8262 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8263 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8264 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8265 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8267 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8268 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8274 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8275 ? offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- 12,
8276 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) * 4)
8277 : offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8278 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
) * 4))
8282 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8285 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8287 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8288 + input_section
->output_offset
8289 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8290 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8291 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8292 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8293 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8295 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8300 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8303 relocation
+= addend
;
8304 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8307 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8309 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8314 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8327 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8328 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8329 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8330 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8331 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8332 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8333 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8334 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8336 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8337 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8343 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8344 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8345 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8346 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8348 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8352 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8353 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8357 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8358 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8359 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8360 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8362 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8366 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8367 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8371 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8372 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8373 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8374 AIX .toc section. */
8375 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8376 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8378 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8381 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8382 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8384 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8387 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8388 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8390 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8392 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8393 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8395 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8397 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8398 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8399 using -Bsymbolic. */
8403 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8404 procedure linkage table. */
8405 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8406 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8407 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8408 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8409 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8411 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8412 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8417 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8418 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8419 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8425 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8426 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8427 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8430 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8431 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8433 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8435 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8436 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8437 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8438 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8440 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8441 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8443 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8445 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8446 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8447 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8451 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8452 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8453 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
8456 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8458 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8460 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8461 + plt
->output_offset
8463 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8467 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8469 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8470 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8472 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8480 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8481 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8487 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8488 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8490 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8493 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8495 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8496 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8497 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8500 /* xgettext:c-format */
8501 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8502 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8511 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8512 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8518 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8519 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8521 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8524 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8526 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8527 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8528 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8531 /* xgettext:c-format */
8532 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8533 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8542 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8543 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8544 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8545 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8547 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8550 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8551 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8552 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8553 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8555 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8558 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8559 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8560 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8561 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8563 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8566 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8567 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8568 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8569 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8571 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8574 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8575 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8576 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8577 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8579 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8582 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8583 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8584 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8585 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8587 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8590 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8591 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8592 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8593 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8594 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8595 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8597 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8607 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8609 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8613 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8614 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8615 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8618 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8620 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8621 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8624 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8626 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8627 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8634 /* xgettext:c-format */
8635 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8636 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8649 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8651 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8654 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8657 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8660 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8661 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8662 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8663 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8664 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8665 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8666 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8667 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8668 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8670 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8672 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8673 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8675 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8678 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8682 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8683 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8684 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8685 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8686 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8687 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8688 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8690 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8693 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8694 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8695 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
8698 /* Fill in register field. */
8699 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8700 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8704 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8705 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8706 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8707 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8708 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8709 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8710 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8711 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8716 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8718 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8720 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8724 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8725 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8726 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8727 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8728 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8729 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8730 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8734 /* xgettext:c-format */
8735 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8736 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8742 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8747 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8749 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8752 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8754 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8755 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8757 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8759 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8760 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8761 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8763 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8765 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8766 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8768 value
= value
>> 16;
8769 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8771 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8773 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8775 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8777 value
= value
>> 16;
8778 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8780 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8782 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8784 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8786 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8787 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8789 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8791 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8793 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8795 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8796 r
= ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8798 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8800 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8807 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8808 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8809 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8812 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
,
8818 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8820 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8821 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8822 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8823 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8825 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8828 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8831 /* Negative relocations. */
8832 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8833 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8834 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8835 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8836 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8837 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8841 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8842 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8843 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8844 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8846 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8848 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8849 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8850 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8851 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8852 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8853 /* xgettext:c-format */
8854 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8855 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8857 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8867 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8868 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
8869 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
8870 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8873 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8874 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8878 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8879 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
8880 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
8881 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8883 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8884 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8885 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
8887 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8898 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8900 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
8902 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8903 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8906 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8907 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8908 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8911 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8912 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8913 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8914 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8919 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8920 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8921 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8923 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
8925 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8926 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8927 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8928 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8929 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8932 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8933 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8934 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8935 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8940 /* Do any further special processing. */
8946 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8947 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8948 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8949 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8950 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8951 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8952 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8953 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8954 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8955 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8956 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8957 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8962 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8963 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8964 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8965 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8966 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8967 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8968 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8969 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8974 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8976 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8977 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8979 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8980 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8981 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8983 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8984 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8985 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8986 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8987 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8988 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8989 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8990 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8991 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8992 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
8994 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8995 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8996 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8997 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8999 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
9000 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
9002 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
9004 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
9008 relocation
+= addend
;
9009 addend
= insn
& mask
;
9010 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
9013 relocation
^= lobit
;
9014 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9015 /* xgettext:c-format */
9016 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9017 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9018 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
9019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9027 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9028 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9033 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
9037 if (unresolved_reloc
9038 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
9040 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
9041 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
9043 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9044 /* xgettext:c-format */
9045 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9046 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9052 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9053 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9054 have different reloc types. */
9055 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
9056 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
9057 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
9058 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9060 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
9062 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
9066 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
9067 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9068 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
9069 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9070 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9071 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9072 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9074 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9077 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9082 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9084 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9085 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
9086 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9091 relocation
+= addend
;
9092 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9093 + input_section
->output_offset
9094 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9096 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9098 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9099 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9104 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9105 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9108 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9110 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9112 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9113 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9116 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9117 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9118 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9119 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9120 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9121 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9125 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9126 /* xgettext:c-format */
9127 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9128 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9129 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9140 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9141 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9143 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9144 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9145 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9147 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9149 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9150 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9155 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9156 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9157 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9161 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9164 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9165 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9166 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9167 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9169 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9170 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9171 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9174 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9175 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9176 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9177 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9178 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9180 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9181 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9183 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9189 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9190 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9191 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9194 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9199 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9200 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9201 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9202 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9203 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9205 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9206 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9207 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9208 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9209 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9213 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9214 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9216 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9219 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9227 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9228 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9230 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9234 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9251 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9252 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9253 avoid the icache failure.
9255 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9256 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9257 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9258 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9259 unconditional branches:
9260 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9261 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9262 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9263 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9264 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9265 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9266 instruction is not executed.
9271 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9278 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9279 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9280 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9281 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9282 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9283 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9286 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9287 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9290 . nop b somewhere_else
9291 . b somewhere_else nop
9292 . new_page: new_page:
9294 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9295 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9296 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9297 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9298 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9299 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9300 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9303 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9304 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9305 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9306 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9310 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9311 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9315 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9316 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9317 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9318 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9320 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9322 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9323 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9326 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9328 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9329 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9332 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9333 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9334 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9335 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9341 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9342 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9343 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9344 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9347 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9350 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9351 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9352 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9353 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9356 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9357 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9359 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9361 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9365 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9367 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9368 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9371 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9372 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9382 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9383 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9385 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9387 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9388 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9390 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9392 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9394 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9395 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9396 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9397 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9398 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9400 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9402 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9403 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9404 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9405 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9406 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9408 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9410 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9411 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9412 contents
+ patch_off
);
9414 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9415 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9416 contents
+ patch_off
);
9423 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9425 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9426 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9428 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9429 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9430 contents
+ patch_off
);
9432 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9433 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9434 contents
+ patch_off
);
9436 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9437 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9438 contents
+ patch_off
);
9444 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9446 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9447 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9448 contents
+ patch_off
);
9451 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9452 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9459 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9462 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9464 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9465 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9466 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9470 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9471 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9473 bool dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
9477 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9479 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9480 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9481 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9483 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9484 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9487 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9488 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9489 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9490 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9491 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9494 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9496 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
&& dyn
)
9499 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9501 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9502 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9504 /* Use the right PLT. */
9505 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9506 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9508 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9509 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9511 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9512 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9513 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9514 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9515 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9516 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9520 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9522 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9523 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9524 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9525 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9526 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9527 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9530 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9531 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9532 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9533 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9535 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9536 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9537 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9538 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9539 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9540 prescaled offset. */
9541 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9542 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9543 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9544 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9545 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9546 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9547 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9548 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9550 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9552 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9553 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9554 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9555 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9556 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9557 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9559 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9560 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9561 in this PLT entry. */
9562 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9563 + plt
->output_offset
9564 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9565 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9567 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9569 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9570 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9571 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9572 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9573 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9575 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9576 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9577 + plt
->output_offset
9578 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9579 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9581 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9582 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
,
9584 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9586 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9587 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9588 + plt
->output_offset
9589 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9590 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9592 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9593 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
,
9595 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9597 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9598 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9599 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9600 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9602 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9604 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9605 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
,
9609 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9610 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9611 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9612 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9613 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9614 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9615 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9624 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9626 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9627 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9631 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9632 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9635 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9636 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9637 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9642 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9643 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9647 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9648 + plt
->output_offset
9651 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
|| !dyn
)
9653 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9654 linker will fill it in. */
9658 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9659 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9660 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9661 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9662 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9669 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9672 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9673 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9675 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9676 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9677 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9678 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9682 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9683 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9684 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9685 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9686 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9688 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
,
9694 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9697 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9701 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9702 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9707 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9708 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9710 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9711 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9720 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9723 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9725 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9731 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9733 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9735 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9736 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9737 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9738 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9739 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9740 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9742 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9745 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9749 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9750 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9751 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9752 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9753 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9754 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9755 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9757 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9759 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9761 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9764 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9767 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9768 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9770 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9775 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9776 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9777 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9779 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9781 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9782 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9783 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9784 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9788 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9789 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9791 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9792 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9796 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9797 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9802 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9803 + plt
->output_offset
9804 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9805 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9806 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
,
9809 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9810 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9814 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9815 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9817 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9820 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9826 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9827 dynamic sections here. */
9830 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9831 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9832 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9833 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9835 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9836 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9839 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9840 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9844 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9845 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9846 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9848 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9850 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9851 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9852 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9853 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9854 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9855 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9857 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9858 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9860 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9862 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9863 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9864 function pointer. */
9870 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9871 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9872 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9873 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9874 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9875 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9878 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9879 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9880 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9881 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9882 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9890 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9892 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9895 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9898 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9900 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9902 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9903 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9905 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9906 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9908 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9909 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9911 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, s
));
9915 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9921 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9922 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9923 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9924 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9926 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9928 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9929 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9931 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9933 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9934 return reloc_class_relative
;
9935 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9936 return reloc_class_plt
;
9938 return reloc_class_copy
;
9940 return reloc_class_normal
;
9944 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9947 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9948 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9951 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9957 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9960 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9961 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9962 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9965 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9966 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9968 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9970 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9972 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9974 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9975 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9976 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9978 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9981 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9986 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9987 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9990 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9994 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9998 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9999 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10003 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
10007 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
10008 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10009 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10010 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10011 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
10012 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10013 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10014 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10018 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10019 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10024 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
10028 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
10029 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10031 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10032 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
10034 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
10036 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
10037 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
10039 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10040 so that a function can easily find the address of
10041 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10042 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
10043 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
10049 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
10050 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
10051 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
10052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
10057 /* xgettext:c-format */
10058 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10059 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
10060 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
10061 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
10062 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10066 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10069 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10070 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
10071 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10072 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10073 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10075 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10076 /* Use the right PLT. */
10077 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10078 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10079 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10081 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10083 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10085 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10086 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10087 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10088 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10092 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10093 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10095 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10097 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10098 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10099 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10100 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10102 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10104 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10107 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10109 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10110 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10111 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10113 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10115 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
, htab
->srelplt2
));
10116 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10118 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10119 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10120 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10122 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10124 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
, htab
->srelplt2
));
10125 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10127 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10128 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10129 in which symbols were output. */
10130 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10132 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10134 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10135 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10136 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10137 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10139 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10140 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10141 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10142 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10144 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10145 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10146 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10147 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10152 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10153 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10154 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10157 unsigned char *endp
;
10161 * PIC glink code is the following:
10163 * # ith PLT code stub.
10164 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10165 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10169 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10170 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10171 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10172 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10173 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10175 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10181 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10184 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10187 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10188 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10189 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10190 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10193 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10196 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10198 * # ith PLT code stub.
10199 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10200 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10204 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10207 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10208 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10209 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10210 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10213 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10214 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10218 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10219 and perhaps some padding. */
10220 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10221 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10222 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10223 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10224 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10235 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10236 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10237 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10239 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10241 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10242 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10243 glink branch table. */
10244 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10246 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10247 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10249 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10250 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10251 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10253 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10257 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10258 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10261 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10262 one other call stub before this one. */
10263 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10272 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10273 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10274 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10278 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10279 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10280 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10282 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10288 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10290 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10298 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10322 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10323 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10325 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10327 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10333 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10334 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10346 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10349 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10352 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10353 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10355 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10358 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10363 /* Offset to .glink. */
10364 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10365 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10366 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10367 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10368 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10369 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10371 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10372 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10373 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10374 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10381 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10382 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10383 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10384 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10385 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10386 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10387 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10388 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10389 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10390 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10392 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10393 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10397 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10400 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10401 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10402 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10403 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10404 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10405 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10407 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10408 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10409 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10410 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10411 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10412 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10413 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10414 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10416 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10417 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10418 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10419 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10420 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10421 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10422 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10423 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10424 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10425 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10426 #define elf_backend_late_size_sections ppc_elf_late_size_sections
10427 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10428 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10429 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10430 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10431 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10432 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10433 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10434 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10435 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10436 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10437 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10438 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10439 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10440 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10441 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10442 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10443 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10444 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10446 #include "elf32-target.h"
10448 /* FreeBSD Target */
10450 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10451 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10453 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10454 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10455 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10456 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10459 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10462 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10464 #include "elf32-target.h"
10466 /* VxWorks Target */
10468 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10469 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10471 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10472 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10473 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10474 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10478 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10479 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10481 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10482 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10483 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10485 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10488 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10489 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10491 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10494 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10495 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10496 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10497 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10499 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10501 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10504 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10505 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10506 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10507 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10508 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10509 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10514 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10516 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10517 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10518 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10519 const char **namep
,
10524 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10528 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10532 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10534 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10535 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10538 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10540 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10541 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10542 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10543 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10544 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10545 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10546 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10547 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10548 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10549 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10550 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10551 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10552 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10553 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10555 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10557 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10558 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10559 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10560 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10561 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10562 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10563 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10564 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10565 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10566 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10567 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10568 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10569 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10570 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10571 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10572 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10573 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10574 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10577 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10579 #include "elf32-target.h"